510
MARS 6 Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendium Updated February 1, 2019

Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

MARS™ 6Microwave Digestion System

Method Note Compendium

Updated February 1, 2019

Page 2: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Agriculture

Alfalfa 2

Boric Acid HF Neutralization 3

Cannabis (Plant) 4

Coffee Beans 5

Cotton 6

Feed Grain 7

Fertilizer - AOAC Method 2017.02 8

Fertilizer -AOAC Method 2006.03 9

Geraniums 10

Impatiens 11

Leather 12

Palm Leaves 13

Plant Tissue 14

Soybean 15

Soybean Meal 16

Spinach Leaves 17

Straw 18

Tea Extract 19

Tea Tannin 20

Tobacco 21

Wheat 22

Wood Pulp 23

Wool 24

Yeast 25

Clinical and Biological

Animal Tissue (Dry) 27

Animal Tissue (Wet) 28

Beef Bone 29

Blood - Human 30

Bovine Blood 32

Bovine Liver (Wet) 33

Brain Tissue (Dog) 34

Dog Feces 35

Fingernails 36

Hair 37

Lobster Hepatopancreas (Tort-CRM) 39

Rat Kidney 40

Urine – Human 41

Consumer Products

Boric Acid HF Neutralization 43

Candle Fragrance 44

Cosmetics (Make-Up) Liquid 45

Cotton 46

Deodorant (Powder) 47

Eye Shadow 48

Foam (Mattress) 49

Shampoo (Dandruff) 50

Suppository (Capsule) 51

Toothpaste 52

Vaseline 53

Wax (Candle) 54

Environmental and Regulatory

Boric Acid HF Neutralization 56

Fertilizer - AOAC Method 2017.02 57

Fertilizer -AOAC Method 2006.03 58

Fly Ash 59

Limestone 61

NPDES (Waste Water) 62

Contents

Page 3: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Pine Needles 63

RoHS (For Pb, Hg, and Cd Analysis) 64

Sediment (BCCS - 1 CRM) (Leach) 65

Sediment (Buffalo River) (Leach) 66

Sludge (Industrial) 67

Soil (Montana - CRM) (Leach) 68

TCLP Extract 69

US EPA 3015 (Aqueous Samples) 70

US EPA 3015a (Aqueous Sample) 71

US EPA 3051 (Solid Sample) 72

US EPA 3051a (Solid Sample) 73

US EPA 3052 74

USP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals) 75

Waste Activated Sludge 76

Water (For Analysis of Phosphorous) 77

Wood 78

Food Testing

Alum 80

Apple 81

Asparagus 82

Bacon (Cooked Pieces) 83

Beef (Ground) 84

Beef Bouillon 85

Beer (Light) 86

Blueberry 87

Broccoli 88

Caramel Color 89

Carrot 90

Celery 91

Chai Tea 92

Cheese - Processed 93

Cheese Cracker 94

Cheese Powder 95

Cherry 96

Chewing Gum 97

Chicken (Boneless) 98

Chili Candy (Mexican) 99

Chili Powder 100

Chips (Potato) 101

Citrus Leaves 102

Clam Puree 103

Cocoa 104

Coconut 105

Coffee (Beans) 106

Coffee Beans 107

Cucumber 108

Dog Food (Dry) 109

Dog Food (Wet) 110

Fish Tissue 111

Flounder 112

Flour 113

Food 114

Food Coloring (Liquid) 115

Fruit Juice 116

Gelatin 117

Granola Bar 118

Grape 119

Grapefruit 120

Gummy Bear 121

Ham 122

Infant Cereal (Rice Grain) 123

Infant Formula (Liquid) 124

Infant Formula (Liquid) 125

Infant Formula (Powder) 126

Infant Formula (Powder) 127

Kidney Bean 128

Kielbasa Sausage 129

Maple Syrup 130

Mayonnaise 131

Meal Replacement Shake (Chocolate) 132

Page 4: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Milk (Liquid) Whole 133

Milk Powder 134

Nutritional Drink (Adult) 135

Olive Oil 136

Orange Juice 137

Oyster Puree 138

Peanut Butter 139

Pear 140

Pepper (Bell, Chili, Etc.) 141

Pistachio Nuts 142

Pizza (Frozen, Pepperoni) 143

Plum 144

Pork (Ground) 145

Potato 146

Potato Chips 147

Pretzel (Salted) 148

Protein Bar 149

Raspberry 150

Rice 151

Safflower Oil 152

Salad Dressing (Ranch) 153

Salami 154

Sausage 155

Soda (Diet) 156

Sodium Free - Seasoning 157

Soybean 158

Spinach 159

Spinach Leaves 160

Spinach Pasta 161

Strawberry 162

Sugar (Granulated) 163

Tea Leaves 164

Tomato Leaves 165

Tomato Pasta (70% Moisture) 166

Tomato Soup 167

Walnut 168

Watermelon 169

Wheat Crackers 170

Whey 171

Whey Powder 172

Wine 173

Yogurt (Plain) 174

Geoscience and Mining

Alpha - Alumina 176

Alumina Beads (w/Silver Substrate) 177

Alumina Powder 179

Aluminum Nitride 180

Aluminum Oxide 181

Aluminum Oxide (Powder) 182

Asbestos 183

Automotive Catalyst 184

Barium Titanate (BaTiO3) 181

Bastnaesite Ore 186

Bauxite 188

Boiler Scale (80-90% Fe) 190

Boric Acid HF Neutralization 191

Boron Carbide (B4C) 192

Carbon 193

Cement 194

Ceramic - Fused Silica 195

Ceramics 196

Char - Sulfuric Acid 197

Chromium Carbide 198

Clay 199

Coal 200

Coal 201

Coal Ash 202

Cr2O3 203

Cryolite / Electrolytic Bath 204

Diesel Fuel 206

Page 5: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Feldspar 207

Feldspar 208

Furnace Slag 210

Gas Atomized Powder 211

Gemanium 212

Glass Fiber 213

Hafnium Oxide 214

Ilmenite (FeTiO3) 215

Iron Ore 216

Kaolin 217

Kerosene 218

Lead Sulfide (PbS) 219

Lithium Nickel Cobalt Manganese Oxide 220

Manganous Oxide (MnO) 221

Mica 223

Mill Tailings 224

Mineral Oil 226

Mineral Ore 227

Molybdenum Disulfide (MoS2) 229

Motor Oil - Waste 231

Nickel (II) Hydroxide 232

Niobium Pentoxide 233

Petroleum Coke 234

Phosphate Rock 236

Pyrophyllite (AlSi2)5(OH) 237

Quartz Powder 238

Rock (Pulverized) 239

Rock, High Sulfide 240

Rutile Ore 242

Sand 243

Shale 244

Silica 245

Silica Sand 246

Silicon Dioxide 247

Silicon Nitride 248

Silicon Wafer 249

Slag - Furnace 250

Sodium Antimonate 251

Spodumene (Lithium Feldspar) 252

Sulfide Bulk Concentrate 254

Tantalum Pentoxide (O5Ta2) 256

Titanium Dioxide 257

Titanium Slag Ore 258

Tungsten Carbide 259

Tungsten Ore (50% W; 10% Fe; 2% Mn) 260

Tungsten Oxide 261

Vermiculite 262

Wollastonite (Calcium Silicate) 263

Zeolite 264

Zinc Oxide 265

Zinc Oxide (ZnO) 266

Zircon 267

Industrial Hygiene

Asbestos 269

Filter - 37 mm Mixed Cellulose Ester 270

Filter - 47 mm Polycarbonate 271

Filter Paper - Cellulose 272

Ghost Wipe 273

Paint Chips (For Pb Analysis) 274

Quartz Fiber Filters 275

Toray Filter 276

Toray Filter (Anion) 277

Toray Filter (Cation) 278

Materials Science

Acrylic Tape 280

Circuit Board (Cryo - Ground) 281

Gas Atomized Powder 282

Glass (Ground) 283

Page 6: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Graphite Composite - Cyanate Ester Resin 284

Graphite Composite - Epoxy Resin 285

Graphite Composite - PEEK Resin 286

Graphite Fiber - Cyanate Siloxane Resin 287

Graphite Fiber - Epoxy Resin (Fiber Content) 288

Metals and Alloys

Alpha - Alumina 290

Aluminum (Metal) 291

Aluminum Alloy 292

Aluminum Alloy (20% SiC) 293

Aluminum Alloy (BCS 182) 294

Aluminum Oxide 295

Boron 296

Boron Carbide (B4C) 297

Carbonyl Iron 298

Cobalt - Chromium Alloy 299

Copper (Metal) 301

Copper Ore 302

Gallium 303

Iron - Chrome Alloy 304

Iron - Chromium Alloy 305

Iron - Manganese Alloy 307

Iron - Silicon Alloy 308

Iron Lignosulfonate 309

Lead Sulfide (PbS) 310

Lithium Nickel Cobalt Manganese Oxide 311

Manganous Oxide (MnO) 312

Metal Alloy - FeCr 314

Metal Alloy - NiCr 315

Metal Alloy (Ag, Au, Cu) 316

Metal Alloy (Ag, Co, Cu) 317

Metal Alloy (Ag, Cu, Sn) 318

Metals Alloy - CoCr 319

Nickel (II) Hydroxide 321

Nickel (Metal) 322

Niobium - Titanium Alloy 323

Platinum Iridium Wire 324

Platinum Metal 325

Platinum Metal 326

Platinum Ruthenium 327

Precious Metal Ore 328

Rhodium Sponge 330

Selenium Alloy 331

Sn - Ag Solder 332

Stainless and Low Carbon Steel 333

Stainless Steel 334

Steel (Stainless) 335

Strontium Ferrite 336

Titanium Alloy 337

Titanium Dioxide 338

Tungsten Ore (50% W; 10% Fe; 2% Mn) 339

Zinc Oxide (ZnO) 340

Zircon Alloy 341

Nutraceuticals

Biotin 343

Cannabis (Plant) 344

Chili Powder 345

Ginkgo (Ground) 346

Ginkgo (Whole Pill) 347

Infant Formula (Liquid) 348

Infant Formula (Liquid) 349

Infant Formula (Powder) 350

Infant Formula (Powder) 351

Kelp 352

Milk (Liquid) Whole 353

Milk Powder 354

Plant Tissue 355

USP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals) 356

Page 7: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Wheat 357

Whey Powder 358

Organic Chemicals

Di-(2-ethylhexyl)phosphoric Acid 360

Diazo Sulfonyl Chloride 361

Food Dye (Erythrosine Based) 362

Methylcellulose (Hydroxypropyl) 363

Monoethanolamine 364

Photoresist 365

Polygluteramide 366

Paints and Coatings

Paint (Latex Based Liquid) 368

Paint Chips (For Pb Analysis) 369

Photoresist 370

Polyurethane 371

Toner (Ink) 372

Toner (Powder) 373

Paper and Pulp

Filter - 37 mm Mixed Cellulose Ester 375

Filter - 47 mm Polycarbonate 376

Filter Paper - Cellulose 377

Paper Pulp 378

Personal Care (Health and Beauty)

Boric Acid HF Neutralization 380

Cosmetics (Make-Up) Liquid 381

Eye Shadow 382

Shampoo (Dandruff) 383

Pharmaceutical and Biotech

Allergy Pill (Ground) 385

Allergy Pill (Whole Pill) 386

Antioxidant (Ground) 387

Antioxidant (Whole Pill) 388

APIs with Aromatic Ring Structures 389

Ascorbic Acid 390

Aspirin (Ground) 391

Aspirin (Whole) 392

Beta Carotene 393

Biotin 394

Calcium Carbonate 395

Calpan Pantothenic Acid 396

Cephalexin 397

Chromium Chelate 398

Cold and Flu Medicine (Liquid) 399

Cupric Sulfate 400

Diclofenac K 401

Empty Capsule (Gel) 402

Erythromycin 403

Fish Oil (No Capsule) 404

Flurbiprofen 405

Folic Acid 406

Ginkgo (Ground) 407

Ginkgo (Whole Pill) 408

Hydrocodone 409

Ibuprofen (Ground) 410

Kelp 411

Losartan K 412

Magnesium Carbonate 413

Magnesium Oxide 414

Manganese Carbonate 415

Medroxyprogesterone 416

Metformin (Ground) 417

Multivitamin (Ground) 418

Multivitamin (Whole) 419

Page 8: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Naproxen Sodium 420

Niacinamide 421

Pantothenic Acid 422

Potassium Chelate 423

Protopic Ointment 424

Pyridoxine 425

Riboflavin 426

Selenium Chelate 427

Sleep Aid 428

Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate 429

Stearic Acid 430

Sudan Orange (4-Fluorophenyl) 431

Thiamine 432

Transdermal Patch 433

Trixie Phosphate 434

USP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals) 435

Vitamin B-12 436

Vitamin C (Ground) 437

Vitamin C (Whole) 438

Vitamin Concentrate (High Fe) 439

Vitamin D 440

Vitamin D3 441

Vitamin E 442

Vitamins 443

Zinc Sulfate 444

Plastics, Polymers, and Oils

Acrylamide 446

Brominated Flame Retardant 447

Bunker Oil 448

Bunker Oil 449

Char - Sulfuric Acid 450

Crude Oil 451

Diesel Fuel 452

Epoxy Hardener 453

Fatty Alcohol 454

Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene (FEP) 455

Fuel Oil (Slurry) 456

Gasoline 458

Glycerol Ester of Wood Rosin (Ground) 459

HDPE 460

Kerosene 461

Kevlar 462

Lube Oil 463

Methyl Ester of Hydrogenated Wood Rosin (Ground) 464

Mineral Oil 465

Motor Oil - Waste 466

Motor Oil - Waste 467

Motor Oil (New) 468

Nylon 469

PET 470

PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate) 471

Petrolatum 472

Petroleum Based Wax 473

Plasticizer (Filter) 474

Plasticizers 475

Polycarbonate Resin 476

Polycarbonate Resin 478

Polyethersulfone (Filter Paper) 480

Polyethylene - High Density 481

Polyphenylene Sulfide 482

Polypropylene 483

Polyterpene Resin 484

Polyurethane 485

PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride Resin) 486

Rubber 487

Rubber (Synthetic) 488

Silane Terminated Polyether 489

Silicone Tubing - TiO2 Filler 490

Styrene Acrylate 491

Terephthalic Acid 492

Wear Metals in Oil 493

Page 9: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Water and Wastewater Treatment

NPDES (Waste Water) 495

Sludge (Industrial) 496

TCLP Extract 497

US EPA 3015 (Aqueous Samples) 498

US EPA 3015a (Aqueous Sample) 499

Waste Activated Sludge 500

Water (For Analysis of Phosphorous) 501

Page 10: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Agriculture

1

Page 11: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAlfalfa

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

520

2

Page 12: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBoric Acid HF Neutralization

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample WeightVaries by Sample

ReagentsH₃BO₃ (4%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended Equipment

NotesThis procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.

Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSee sample specific method notes.

6

3

Page 13: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCannabis (Plant)

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, or alternatively 9 mL HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

715

4

Page 14: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCoffee Beans

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may; however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.

10

5

Page 15: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCotton

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

231

6

Page 16: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFeed Grain

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃, HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃, and 2 ml of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

232

7

Page 17: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFertilizer - AOAC Method 2017.02

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis. This method may not provide a total digest of all fertilizer samples.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (0.5 g for organic matrices) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 20 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, with some particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.

535

8

Page 18: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFertilizer -AOAC Method 2006.03

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis method may not provide a total digest of all fertilizer samples.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (0.5 g for organic matrices) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

233

9

Page 19: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGeraniums

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

521

10

Page 20: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofImpatiens

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

522

11

Page 21: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofLeather

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

490

12

Page 22: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPalm Leaves

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃, and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

523

13

Page 23: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPlant Tissue

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis. Some plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

234

14

Page 24: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSoybean

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

235

15

Page 25: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSoybean Meal

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

524

16

Page 26: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSpinach Leaves

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis. Some plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.

236

17

Page 27: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofStraw

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization” The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃, and 1 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.

237

18

Page 28: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTea Extract

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

525

19

Page 29: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTea Tannin

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

526

20

Page 30: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTobacco

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

238

21

Page 31: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWheat

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

239

22

Page 32: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWood Pulp

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Wet Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

527

23

Page 33: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWool

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

528

24

Page 34: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofYeast

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g of dry weight (0.5 g w/Xpress vessels) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

240

25

Page 35: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Clinical and Biological

26

Page 36: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAnimal Tissue (Dry)

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may; however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/MARSXpress Vessels) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.

4

27

Page 37: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAnimal Tissue (Wet)

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g wet weight (0.5 g w Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

241

28

Page 38: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBeef Bone

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Ground)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (ground) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

529

29

Page 39: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBlood - Human

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2 mL

ReagentsHNO₃ H₂O₂

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesTake caution when mixing the acids and the sample. The sample may foam slightly.

ProcedureWeigh 2 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

242

30

Page 40: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBlood - Human

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended Vessels10 mL MARSXpress20 mL MARSXpress

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 0.5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 N/A 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.c) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

737

31

Page 41: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBovine Blood

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

531

32

Page 42: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBovine Liver (Wet)

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g wet weight (0.5 g w/Xpress Vessels) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

243

33

Page 43: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBrain Tissue (Dog)

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g (Wet Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

532

34

Page 44: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofDog Feces

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

533

35

Page 45: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFingernails

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended Vessels10 mL MARSXpress20 mL MARSXpress

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g (0.05 g if using the 10 mL vessel) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 15:00 N/A 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.c) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

741

36

Page 46: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofHair

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weightsome

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedurePut some hair in a vessel. Add some HNO3

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1` 800 15 15 8000 10 Med

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.d) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsIt is gonna be good.

17

37

Page 47: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofHair

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended Vessels10 mL MARSXpress20 mL MARSXpress

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g (0.05 g if using the 10 mL vessel) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 15:00 N/A 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.c) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

740

38

Page 48: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofLobster Hepatopancreas (Tort-CRM)

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g dry weight (0.5 g w/Xpress Vessels) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

244

39

Page 49: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRat Kidney

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g (Wet Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

534

40

Page 50: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUrine - Human

Clinical aMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight4 mL

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesTake caution when mixing the acids and the sample. The sample may foam slightly.

ProcedureTransfer 4 ml of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃, and 2 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.

245

41

Page 51: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Consumer Products

42

Page 52: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBoric Acid HF Neutralization

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample WeightVaries by Sample

ReagentsH₃BO₃ (4%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended Equipment

NotesThis procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.

Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSee sample specific method notes.

6

43

Page 53: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCandle Fragrance

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.15 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureAdd 0.15 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.

676

44

Page 54: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCosmetics (Make-Up) Liquid

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

246

45

Page 55: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCotton

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

231

46

Page 56: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofDeodorant (Powder)

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃ and 6 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 25:00 15:00 800 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

735

47

Page 57: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofEye Shadow

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7 mL of HNO₃ and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

247

48

Page 58: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFoam (Mattress)

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 1 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 30:00 15:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

670

49

Page 59: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofShampoo (Dandruff)

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureAdd 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

248

50

Page 60: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSuppository (Capsule)

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Capsule (Approx 1 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesEnsure that the capsule is completely covered with reagent before sealing the vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 1 Capsule (approx. 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 12 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

249

51

Page 61: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofToothpaste

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample onto a filter disk and insert into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL HNO₃ and 2 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 15:00 800 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

733

52

Page 62: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVaseline

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

250

53

Page 63: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWax (Candle)

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

251

54

Page 64: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Environmental and Regulatory

55

Page 65: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBoric Acid HF Neutralization

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample WeightVaries by Sample

ReagentsH₃BO₃ (4%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended Equipment

NotesThis procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.

Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSee sample specific method notes.

6

56

Page 66: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFertilizer - AOAC Method 2017.02

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis. This method may not provide a total digest of all fertilizer samples.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (0.5 g for organic matrices) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 20 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, with some particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.

535

57

Page 67: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFertilizer -AOAC Method 2006.03

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis method may not provide a total digest of all fertilizer samples.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (0.5 g for organic matrices) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

233

58

Page 68: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFly Ash (Step 1 of 2)

EnvironmMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsH₂SO₄ H₃PO₄

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureAdd 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of H₂SO₄ and 3 mL of H₃PO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 35:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

59

Page 69: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFly Ash (Step 2 of 2)

EnvironmMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessels to cool. Open and add 1.5 mL of HNO₃, 1.5 mL of HCl, and 1.5 mL of HF. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

649

60

Page 70: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofLimestone

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAllow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve in soluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7.5 mL of HNO₃ and 2.5 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilutionto 50 ml.

2

61

Page 71: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNPDES (Waste Water)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeWater

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight50 mL

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended Vessels75 mL MARSXpressEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureTransfer 50 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 2 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 165 30:00 0:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

252

62

Page 72: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPine Needles

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂ (30%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

253

63

Page 73: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRoHS (For Pb, Hg, and Cd Analysis)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃ H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, and 0.02 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 10:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

254

64

Page 74: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSediment (BCCS - 1 CRM) (Leach)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample matrixes. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

255

65

Page 75: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSediment (Buffalo River) (Leach)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample matrixes. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 175 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

256

66

Page 76: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSludge (Industrial)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

257

67

Page 77: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSoil (Montana - CRM) (Leach)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample matrixes. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 175 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

258

68

Page 78: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTCLP Extract

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeStandard Control

Sample TypeWater

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight25 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureTransfer 25 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel. If a high organic content is suspected, a 10 ml sample volume is recommended.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

259

69

Page 79: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUS EPA 3015 (Aqueous Samples)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeStandard Control

Sample TypeWater

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight45 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended Vessels75 mL MARSXpressEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureTransfer 45 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsThis method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the sample matrix.

260

70

Page 80: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUS EPA 3015a (Aqueous Sample)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeStandard Control

Sample TypeWater

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight45 mL

ReagentsHNO₃HCl (Optional)

Recommended Vessels75 mL MARSXpressEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureTransfer 45 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO3, or alternatively 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsThis method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the sample matrix.

261

71

Page 81: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUS EPA 3051 (Solid Sample)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeStandard Control

Sample TypeWater

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl (Optional)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 175 5:30 4:30 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsThis method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the sample matrix. (See method 3052 for total digestion).

262

72

Page 82: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUS EPA 3051a (Solid Sample)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeStandard Control

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl (Optional)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, or alternatively 9 mL HNO₃, and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 175 5:30 4:30 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsThis method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the sample matrix. (See method 3052 for total digestion)

263

73

Page 83: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUS EPA 3052

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeStandard Control

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 5:30 9:30 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

264

74

Page 84: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUSP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

265

75

Page 85: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWaste Activated Sludge

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g dry weight (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, and 5 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

266

76

Page 86: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWater (For Analysis of Phosphorous)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight50 mL

ReagentsK₂S₂O₈ H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 50 mL of H₂O into the digestion vessel. Add 0.5 g of K₂S₂O₈ and 1 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

267

77

Page 87: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWood

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

268

78

Page 88: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Food Testing

79

Page 89: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAlum

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization". The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HCl, 5 mL of HF, and 2 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

536

80

Page 90: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofApple

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

269

81

Page 91: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAsparagus

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

Resultssample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

270

82

Page 92: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBacon (Cooked Pieces)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃DI H₂O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of DI H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

271

83

Page 93: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBeef (Ground)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

272

84

Page 94: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBeef Bouillon

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

537

85

Page 95: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBeer (Light)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight4 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 4 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

273

86

Page 96: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBlueberry

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

275

87

Page 97: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBroccoli

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 20 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

277

88

Page 98: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCaramel Color

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2.0 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 2.0 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

Resultssample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

278

89

Page 99: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCarrot

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

279

90

Page 100: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCelery

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

280

91

Page 101: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChai Tea

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ DI H₂O

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 2.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 5 mL deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless with some small particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.

679

92

Page 102: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCheese (Processed)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

282

93

Page 103: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCheese Cracker

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

281

94

Page 104: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCheese Powder

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

538

95

Page 105: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCherry

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

283

96

Page 106: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChewing Gum

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis. The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.

284

97

Page 107: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChicken (Boneless)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

285

98

Page 108: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChili Candy (Mexican)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

286

99

Page 109: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChili Powder

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃DI H₂O

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 2.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 5 mL deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless with some small particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.

680

100

Page 110: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChips (Potato)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

287

101

Page 111: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCitrus Leaves

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃DI H₂OHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of deionized H₂O, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

539

102

Page 112: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofClam Puree

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g (Wet Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

540

103

Page 113: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCocoa

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

541

104

Page 114: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCoconut

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g (Wet Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

542

105

Page 115: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCoffee (Beans)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

288

106

Page 116: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCoffee Beans

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may; however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.

10

107

Page 117: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCucumber

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

289

108

Page 118: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofDog Food (Dry)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 Ml

290

109

Page 119: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofDog Food (Wet)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g of wet sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

291

110

Page 120: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFish Tissue

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (dry weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) up to 2 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

543

111

Page 121: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFlounder

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2.0 g (Wet Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 2 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

544

112

Page 122: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFlour

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

292

113

Page 123: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFood

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g dry weight (0.25 g w/Xpress vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ . Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

294

114

Page 124: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFood Coloring (Liquid)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 mL.

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 0.5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

293

115

Page 125: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFruit Juice

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2.5 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 2.5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

295

116

Page 126: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGelatin

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

545

117

Page 127: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGranola Bar

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

296

118

Page 128: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGrape

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

297

119

Page 129: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGrapefruit

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

298

120

Page 130: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGummy Bear

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

729

121

Page 131: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofHam

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

299

122

Page 132: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofInfant Cereal (Rice Grain)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

300

123

Page 133: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofInfant Formula (Liquid)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureTransfer 2 mL of of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

Results Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

301

124

Page 134: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofInfant Formula (Liquid)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureTransfer 1 mL (0.5 mL w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

302

125

Page 135: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofInfant Formula (Powder)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

303

126

Page 136: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofInfant Formula (Powder)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

304

127

Page 137: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofKidney Bean

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

305

128

Page 138: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofKielbasa Sausage

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g (Wet Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

546

129

Page 139: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMaple Syrup

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

306

130

Page 140: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMayonnaise

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

307

131

Page 141: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMeal Replacement Shake (Chocolate)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Mix)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry mix) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

547

132

Page 142: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMilk (Liquid) Whole

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight4 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureAdd 4 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

309

133

Page 143: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMilk Powder

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

310

134

Page 144: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNutritional Drink (Adult)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 1.0 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

276

135

Page 145: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofOlive Oil

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

312

136

Page 146: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofOrange Juice

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2.5 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 2.5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

313

137

Page 147: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofOyster Puree

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g (Wet Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (wet weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

548

138

Page 148: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPeanut Butter

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

314

139

Page 149: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPear

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

315

140

Page 150: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPepper (Bell, Chili, Etc.)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

316

141

Page 151: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPistachio Nuts

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Ground)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (ground) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

549

142

Page 152: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPizza (Frozen, Pepperoni)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g (homogenized) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

Resultssample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

317

143

Page 153: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPlum

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

318

144

Page 154: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPork (Ground)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 2.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

319

145

Page 155: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPotato

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

320

146

Page 156: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPotato Chips

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Ground)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (ground) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

550

147

Page 157: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPretzel (Salted)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

321

148

Page 158: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofProtein Bar

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g ground sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

322

149

Page 159: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRaspberry

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

323

150

Page 160: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRice

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

324

151

Page 161: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSafflower Oil

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

325

152

Page 162: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSalad Dressing (Ranch)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Mix)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry mix) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

551

153

Page 163: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSalami

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

326

154

Page 164: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSausage

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

327

155

Page 165: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSoda (Diet)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight 1 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

328

156

Page 166: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSodium Free - Seasoning

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

552

157

Page 167: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSoybean

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

329

158

Page 168: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSpinach

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

331

159

Page 169: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSpinach Leaves

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis. Some plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

330

160

Page 170: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSpinach Pasta

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

553

161

Page 171: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofStrawberry

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

332

162

Page 172: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSugar (Granulated)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

333

163

Page 173: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTea Leaves

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

334

164

Page 174: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTomato Leaves

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesSome plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, with white silica particles upon dilution to 50 mL.

335

165

Page 175: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTomato Pasta (70% Moisture)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

554

166

Page 176: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTomato Soup

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight5 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

336

167

Page 177: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWalnut

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

337

168

Page 178: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWatermelon

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

338

169

Page 179: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWheat Crackers

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

555

170

Page 180: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWhey

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

340

171

Page 181: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWhey Powder

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

339

172

Page 182: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWine

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureTransfer 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

341

173

Page 183: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofYogurt (Plain)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

342

174

Page 184: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Geoscience and Mining

175

Page 185: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAlpha - Alumina

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

Ensure that particles are well suspended in acid mixture prior to sealing vessel.

Stirring may be helpful to keep particles suspended in solution during digestion.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HCl. Gently swirl the vessel to thoroughly mix the sample and acid.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 60:00 N/A 1800 N/A

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

343

176

Page 186: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAlumina Beads (w/ Silver substrate) (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6.5 mL of H₃PO₄, and 3.5 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 280 30:00 45:00 N/A 1800 Off

177

Page 187: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAlumina Beads (w/ Silver substrate) (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Proceeding step one, add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsHNO₃HF

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 25:00 30:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

616

178

Page 188: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAlumina Powder

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureAdd 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of H₃PO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 275 30:00 45:00 N/A 900-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, gold colored, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

672

179

Page 189: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAluminum Nitride

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL H₃PO₄ and 10 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 175 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

560

180

Page 190: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAluminum Oxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesEasyPrep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method. Ensure that particles are well suspended in acid mixture prior to sealing vessel. Stirring may be helpful to keep particles suspended in solution during digestion.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6.5 mL H₃PO₄ and 3.5 mL H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the vessel to thoroughly mix the sample and acid.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 270 30:00 20:00 N/A 1800 N/A

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

344

181

Page 191: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAluminum Oxide (Powder)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample matrixes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL H₃PO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 25:00 45:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless with some white particles remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.

673

182

Page 192: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAsbestos

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesHF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel. This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

492

183

Page 193: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAutomotive Catalyst

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.4 g

ReagentsHClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. Reducing the particle size increases the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.

ProcedureWeigh 0.4 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl and 0.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

345

184

Page 194: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBarium Titanate (BaTiO₃)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesHF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel. This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO3 and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

493

185

Page 195: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBastnaesite Ore (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HCl and 3 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

186

Page 196: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBastnaesite Ore (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessels to cool. Open and add 1 g solid Boric Acid and 20 mL deionized H₂O. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsSolid Boric AcidDI H₂O

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 175 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

559

187

Page 197: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBauxite (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄ H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6.5 mL of H₃PO₄ and 3.5 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

188

Page 198: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBauxite (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureProceeding step 1 add 1 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL of HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

599

189

Page 199: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBoiler Scale (80-90% Fe)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

494

190

Page 200: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBoric Acid HF Neutralization

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample WeightVaries by Sample

ReagentsH₃BO₃ (4%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended Equipment

NotesThis procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.

Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSee sample specific method notes.

6

191

Page 201: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBoron Carbide (B₄C)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃H₂SO₄HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “BoricAcid HF Neutralization”.Reducing the particle size increases the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl to mix the sample particles in the acid. Slowly and carefully add 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 270 30:00 30:00 800 900-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

674

192

Page 202: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCarbon

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe structure, form and surface area of carbon samples varies widely. Higher temperatures and use of other reagents may be necessary in order to digest certain samples.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ . Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 215 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

348

193

Page 203: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCement

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ , 6 mL of HCL, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 175 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

349

194

Page 204: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCeramic - Fused Silica

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesHF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel. This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 2 mL of HNO₃ , and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 190 10:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

350

195

Page 205: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCeramics

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0. 2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ , and 5 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

351

196

Page 206: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChar - Sulfuric Acid

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample WeightVaries by sample

ReagentsH₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesEasyPrep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method. This method is for the pretreatment of large sample sizes or difficult organic samples that are resistant to oxidation. After the char is complete, the vessel is opened and a normal oxidation with HNO₃ can be run, usually at around 200C.

ProcedureAdd 5 mL H₂SO₄ into the vessel that contains the sample and acid. For EasyPrep vessels use 6 mL of H2SO4.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSee sample specific method notes.

352

197

Page 207: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChromium Carbide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

558

198

Page 208: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofClay

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHFHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ , 1 mL of HCl, and 5 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

353

199

Page 209: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCoal

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless with some particles remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.

355

200

Page 210: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCoal

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

356

201

Page 211: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCoal Ash

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ , 3 mL of HCl and 3 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

354

202

Page 212: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCr₂O₃

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight50 mg

ReagentsH₂SO₄HNO₃H₂O₂ (30%)

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

Stirring is required for complete dissolution of this sample type.

ProcedureWeigh 50 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Insert stir bar into the vessel. Add 4.5 mL of H₂SO₄ and 4 mL of HNO₃ to the vessel, then 1.5 mL of H₂O₂ (30%) dropwise. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 280 30:00 59:59 N/A 500-1800 Med

2 280 0:00 30:01 N/A 500-1800 Med

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and turquoise colored upon dilution to 50 mL.

681

203

Page 213: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCryolite / Electrolytic Bath (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesCryolite / Electrolytic Bath is approximately 55% Cryolite (Na₃AlF₆) and 30% Chiolite (Na₅Al₃F₁₄).

ProcedureWeigh 0.5g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

204

Page 214: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCryolite / Electrolytic Bath (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Open and add 30 mL of Deionized Water and 2 g Boric Acid (solid). Gently swirl the mixture and seal the vessel.

ReagentsDI H₂OBoric Acid (solid)

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 175 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

496

205

Page 215: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofDiesel Fuel

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ . Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

357

206

Page 216: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFeldspar (EasyPrep Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureAdd 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 1 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of HCl, and 4 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

497

207

Page 217: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFeldspar (iPrep Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHCl HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization". The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HCl and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 30:00 25:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

208

Page 218: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFeldspar (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessels to cool. Open and add 4 g solid boric acid and 30 mL of deionized H2O. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsSolid Boric AcidDI H₂O

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 30:00 10:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

647

209

Page 219: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFurnace Slag

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used.

This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureAdd 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

498

210

Page 220: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGas Atomized Powder

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 30:00 20:00 N/A 900-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSamples were clear, green in color and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

721

211

Page 221: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGemanium

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight50 mg

ReagentsH₂SO₄HNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 50 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of H₂SO₄, 1 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL of HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

683

212

Page 222: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGlass Fiber

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.4 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureAdd 0.4 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃, 4 mL of HCl, and 4 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

499

213

Page 223: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofHafnium Oxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl or H₂OHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel. HNO3:HF:H2O (1:1:1) can be substituted for HNO3:HCl:HF (1:1:1) using the same heating program if the use of HCl is not desired. Mixtures are made from acids in their concentrated form.

ProcedureAdd 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃:HCl:HF (1:1:1) or alternatively, HNO₃:H₂O:HF (1:1:1). (See Notes) Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

500

214

Page 224: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofIlmenite (FeTiO₃)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL of HCl, and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

501

215

Page 225: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofIron Ore

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsH₂OHClHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization” The addition of Conc. HCl (0-8 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of H₂O, 8 ml of HCl, 4 mL of HNO₃, and 4 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minute before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

358

216

Page 226: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofKaolin

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HCl, 1 mL of HNO3, and 7 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

502

217

Page 227: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofKerosene

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

359

218

Page 228: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofLead Sulfide (PbS)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

503

219

Page 229: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofLithium Nickel Cobalt Manganese Oxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsMARSXpress

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 10:00 N/A 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsThe samples were clear, green in color, and particle free upon dilution.

724

220

Page 230: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofManganous Oxide (MnO) (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

221

Page 231: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofManganous Oxide (MnO) (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Open and add 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and seal the vessel.

ReagentsHCl

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

505

222

Page 232: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMica

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄HClHF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of H₃PO₄, 3 mL of HCl, and 0.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

690

223

Page 233: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMill Tailings (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesEasyPrep Plus vessels require a high temperature probe for this method.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of H₃PO₄, and 2 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel. After heating program in step 1, allow vessel to cool before proceeding with step 2

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 270 15:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

224

Page 234: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMill Tailings (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureCool, vent and open vessel after step 1. Add 2.5 mL HNO₃, 2.5 mL HCl, 2.5 mL HF, and 2.5 ml H₂O.

HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.

ReagentsHNO₃HClHFH₂O

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization” The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

600

225

Page 235: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMineral Oil

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

459

226

Page 236: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMineral Ore (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of HCl, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 10:00 800 600-1050 Off

227

Page 237: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMineral Ore (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureProceeding step 1 add 25 mL of Boric Acid (4%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsH₃BO₃ (4%)

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 15:00 10:00 800 600-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

516

228

Page 238: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMolybdenum Disulfide (MoS₂) (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

229

Page 239: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMolybdenum Disulfide (MoS₂) (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Add 10 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsHCl

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

506

230

Page 240: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMotor Oil - Waste

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g (0.1 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

360

231

Page 241: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNickel (II) Hydroxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsMARSXpress

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 10:00 N/A 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsThe samples were clear, light green in color, and particle free upon dilution.

725

232

Page 242: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNiobium Pentoxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureAdd 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃, and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

508

233

Page 243: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPetroleum Coke (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsH₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

234

Page 244: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPetroleum Coke (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureProceeding step 1 add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsHNO₃

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

601

235

Page 245: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPhosphate Rock

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HBF₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 5 mL of HBF₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

509

236

Page 246: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPyrophyllite (AlSi₂)5(OH)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 G

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureAdd 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL of HCl, and 7 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

510

237

Page 247: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofQuartz Powder

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

511

238

Page 248: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRock (Pulverized)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHFHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of HCl, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

361

239

Page 249: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRock, High Sulfide (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 30:00 15:00 N/A 900-1050 Off

240

Page 250: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRock, High Sulfide (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureProceeding step 1 add 3 mL of HF, and 2 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsHFHCl

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 25:00 10:00 N/A 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

628

241

Page 251: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRutile Ore

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF H₃PO₄.

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃, 3 mL of H₃PO₄, and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 ml.

362

242

Page 252: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSand

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HFHCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization” The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

363

243

Page 253: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofShale

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHFHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7 mL of HF, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 25:00 15:00 N/A 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

698

244

Page 254: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSilica

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeSolid

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HCl and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 30:00 25:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsThe sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

700

245

Page 255: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSilica Sand

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsH₂OHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAdd HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides. The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization” Reducing the particle size increase the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

364

246

Page 256: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSilicon Dioxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAdd HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides. The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization” Reducing the particle size increase the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃, and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 10:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

365

247

Page 257: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSilicon Nitride

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeSolid

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureAdd 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 1 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

701

248

Page 258: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSilicon Wafer

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Piece (Approx 0.5 g)

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureAdd 1 piece (approx. 0.5 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HF and 3 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 10:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

366

249

Page 259: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSlag - Furnace

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization” The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, 5 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

367

250

Page 260: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSodium Antimonate

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 30:00 15:00 N/A 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

702

251

Page 261: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSpodumene (Lithium Feldspar) (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh .25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HCl, 1 mL of HNO₃ and 4 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

252

Page 262: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSpodumene (Lithium Feldspar) (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Open and add 30 mL of Deionized H₂O and 2 g H₃BO₃ (solid). Gently swirl the mixture and seal the vessel.

ReagentsDeionized H₂OH₃BO₃ (solid)

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

512

253

Page 263: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSulfide Bulk Concentrate (Step 1 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 30:00 20:00 N/A 900-1050 Off

254

Page 264: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSulfide Bulk Concentrate (Step 2 of 2)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureProceeding step 1 add 5 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of Deionized Water. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsHClDI H₂O

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 30:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

635

255

Page 265: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTantalum Pentoxide (O₅Ta₂)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 7 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 25:00 20:00 N/A 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

707

256

Page 266: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTitanium Dioxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

489

257

Page 267: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTitanium Slag Ore

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, and 10 mL of HF. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.

Reducing the particle size increases the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 20:00 N/A 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

708

258

Page 268: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTungsten Carbide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAdd HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides. The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization” Reducing the particle size increase the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 5 mL of HNO₃, and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 20:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

369

259

Page 269: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTungsten Ore (50% W; 10% Fe; 2% Mn)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HCl and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 25:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

513

260

Page 270: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTungsten Oxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAdd HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides. The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization” Reducing the particle size increase the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 2 mL of HNO₃, and 7 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 20:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

370

261

Page 271: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVermiculite

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureAdd 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 1 mL of HNO₃, 4 mL of HCl, and 10 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

514

262

Page 272: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWollastonite (Calcium Silicate)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄HNO₃HBF₄

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of H₃PO₄, 2 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL of HBF₄. HBF₄ should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 30:00 30:00 N/A 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

711

263

Page 273: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofZeolite

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAdd HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides. The above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 4 mL of HCl, and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

371

264

Page 274: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofZinc Oxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample (onto a filter disk) into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL HNO₃ and 2 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 25:00 15:00 N/A 1500 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

712

265

Page 275: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofZinc Oxide (ZnO)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

393

266

Page 276: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofZircon

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight50 mg

ReagentsH₂SO₄HNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureAdd 50 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of H₂SO₄, 1.5 mL of HNO₃, and 1.5 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 270 40:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

713

267

Page 277: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Industrial Hygiene

268

Page 278: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAsbestos

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesHF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel. This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

492

269

Page 279: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFilter - 37 mm Mixed Cellulose Ester

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.3 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 filter (approximately 0.3 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

373

270

Page 280: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFilter - 47 mm Polycarbonate

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.4 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 filter (approximately 0.4 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

374

271

Page 281: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFilter Paper - Cellulose

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.9 g)

ReagentsH₂OHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAdd H₂O before HNO₃. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 filter (approximately 0.9 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O, and 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

372

272

Page 282: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGhost Wipe

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Wipe (Approx 2.5 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesEnsure that the entire wipe is covered with reagent.

ProcedureWeigh 1 wipe (approx 2.5 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

375

273

Page 283: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPaint Chips (For Pb Analysis)

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesHF may be required for a total dissolution.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, with some remaining inorganic particles upon dilution to 50 mL.

399

274

Page 284: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofQuartz Fiber Filters

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.35 g (1 filter)

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis method should not exceed 180 degrees celsius.

This application should only be completed using the 75 mL Xpress or 110 mL Xpress Plus vessels. It is not suitable for the smaller Xpress vessels (55 mL, 20 mL, or 10 mL).

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureWeigh 1 filter (approximately 0.35 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 20:00 15:00 N/A 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSamples were clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL with deionized water.

727

275

Page 285: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofToray Filter

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.3 - 0.5 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 1 filter (approximately 0.3-0.5 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 20:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

376

276

Page 286: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofToray Filter (Anion)

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.3 - 0.5 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 1 toray filter (Approx. 0.3 - 0.5 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 300:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

561

277

Page 287: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofToray Filter (Cation)

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.3 -0.5 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 1 toray filter (Approx. 0.3 - 0.5 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 20:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

562

278

Page 288: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Materials Science

279

Page 289: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAcrylic Tape

Materials MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃DI H₂OHClHF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of Deionized water, 7 mL of HNO₃, 1.5 mL of HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 30:00 10:00 N/A 900-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

720

280

Page 290: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCircuit Board (Cryo - Ground)

Materials MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesHCl should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel. This method is considered a leach and may not provide a total digestion.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ and 9 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, with particles upon dilution to 50 mL.

377

281

Page 291: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGas Atomized Powder

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

This application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 30:00 20:00 N/A 900-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSamples were clear, green in color and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

721

282

Page 292: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGlass (Ground)

Materials MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHClHFHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃, 4 mL of HCl, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

378

283

Page 293: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGraphite Composite - Cyanate Ester Resin

Materials MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 30 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 150 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

563

284

Page 294: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGraphite Composite - Epoxy Resin

Materials MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 30 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 150 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

564

285

Page 295: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGraphite Composite - PEEK Resin

Materials MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 30 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 160 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

565

286

Page 296: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGraphite Fiber - Cyanate Siloxane Resin

Materials MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Laminate Square (Approx. 1 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesSample must be completely covered with acid prior to digestion. After digestion the samples are filtered and the fibers are rinsed with deionized water. This method is for the gravimetric (weight) determination of fiber content.

ProcedureAdd 1 Laminate Square (Approx. 1 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 35 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 150 10:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was digested, but the fiber filler material is left undigested for subsequent gravimetric analysis.

567

287

Page 297: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGraphite Fiber - Epoxy Resin (Fiber Content)

Materials MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesSample must be completely covered with acid prior to digestion.After digestion the samples are filtered and the graphite fibers are rinsed with deionized water.This method is for the gravimetric (weight) determination of fiber content.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 30 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 150 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was digested, but the fiber filler material is left undigested for subsequent gravimetric analysis.

379

288

Page 298: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Metals and Alloys

289

Page 299: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAlpha - Alumina

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

Ensure that particles are well suspended in acid mixture prior to sealing vessel.

Stirring may be helpful to keep particles suspended in solution during digestion.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HCl. Gently swirl the vessel to thoroughly mix the sample and acid.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 60:00 N/A 1800 N/A

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

343

290

Page 300: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAluminum (Metal)

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHCl DI H₂O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesHCl should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HCl and 3 mL of DI H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

382

291

Page 301: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAluminum Alloy

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHClH₂O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAdd H₂O before HCl. Add HCl slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until initial reaction subsides.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O and 5 mL of HCl .Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 190 10:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

381

292

Page 302: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAluminum Alloy (20% SiC)

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization". The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HCl and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

569

293

Page 303: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAluminum Alloy (BCS 182)

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHClH₂O₂ (30%)HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization". The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 20 mL of HCl, 10 mL of H₂O₂ (30%), and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 10:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

568

294

Page 304: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAluminum Oxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsH₃PO₄H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesEasyPrep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method. Ensure that particles are well suspended in acid mixture prior to sealing vessel. Stirring may be helpful to keep particles suspended in solution during digestion.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6.5 mL H₃PO₄ and 3.5 mL H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the vessel to thoroughly mix the sample and acid.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 270 30:00 20:00 N/A 1800 N/A

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

344

295

Page 305: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBoron

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 175 15:00 25:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

570

296

Page 306: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBoron Carbide (B₄C)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃H₂SO₄HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed,an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “BoricAcid HF Neutralization”.Reducing the particle size increases the efficiency of digestion and may decrease the digestion time.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl to mix the sample particles in the acid. Slowly and carefully add 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 270 30:00 30:00 800 900-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

674

297

Page 307: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCarbonyl Iron

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClHBF₄

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃, 2 mL HCl, and 1 mL HBF₄ slowly. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, yellow in color with no visible particles upon dilution to 50 mL.

678

298

Page 308: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCobalt - Chromium Alloy (Step 1 of 2)

Metals anMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HFDI H₂O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

ProcedureAdd 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 5 mL of HF, and 5 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

299

Page 309: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCobalt - Chromium Alloy (Step 2 of 2)

Metals anMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessels to cool. Open and add 4 mL of H2O2 (30%) dropwise. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsH₂O₂ (30%)

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

572

300

Page 310: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCopper (Metal)

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

384

301

Page 311: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCopper Ore

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃, HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the sample matrix. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of Aqua Regia (3:1 HCl:HNO₃ ,). Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, and colorless with some remaining particles upon dilution to 50 mL.

383

302

Page 312: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGallium

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃ and 8 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

573

303

Page 313: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofIron - Chrome Alloy

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHClHFHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HCl, 5 mL of HF, and 5 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 30:00 15:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

685

304

Page 314: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofIron - Chromium Alloy (Step 1 of 2)

Metals anMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHFDI H₂O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureAdd 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HCl, 5 mL of HF, and 2 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

305

Page 315: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofIron - Chromium Alloy (Step 2 of 2)

Metals anMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessels to cool. Open and add 5 mL of HNO₃. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsHNO₃

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

575

306

Page 316: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofIron - Manganese Alloy

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization". The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

576

307

Page 317: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofIron - Silicon Alloy

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HFHCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Noteshis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HF, 5 mL HCl, and 3 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.b) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

577

308

Page 318: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofIron Lignosulfonate

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

574

309

Page 319: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofLead Sulfide (PbS)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

503

310

Page 320: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofLithium Nickel Cobalt Manganese Oxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsMARSXpress

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 10:00 N/A 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsThe samples were clear, green in color, and particle free upon dilution.

724

311

Page 321: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofManganous Oxide (MnO)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

312

Page 322: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofManganous Oxide (MnO)

GeoscienMARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool after completion of Step 1. Open and add 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and seal the vessel.

ReagentsHCl

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

505

313

Page 323: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMetal Alloy - FeCr

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHClHFHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HCl, 5 mL of HNO₃, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

385

314

Page 324: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMetal Alloy - NiCr

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsH₂OHNO₃ HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O, 5 mL of HNO₃, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

386

315

Page 325: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMetal Alloy (Ag, Au, Cu)

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample matrices.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL HCl, 1 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 25:00 25:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was yellow in color, with some white particles remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.

686

316

Page 326: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMetal Alloy (Ag, Co, Cu)

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃Deionized H₂OHF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL HNO₃, 3 mL Deionized H₂O and 3 mL HF (in this order). Add HF slowly and carefully. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 25:00 25:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

687

317

Page 327: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMetal Alloy (Ag, Cu, Sn)

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃DI H₂OHF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL HNO₃, 3 mL Deionized Water, and 3 mL HF in this order. Add HF slowly and carefully. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 25:00 25:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

688

318

Page 328: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMetals Alloy - CoCr (Step 1 of 2)

Metals anMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HFH2O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Deionized Water may improve solubility of metal alloys.This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 ml of HNO₃, 5 ml of HF, and 5 of ml H2O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

After heating program in step 1, allow vessel to cool before proceeding with step 2.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

319

Page 329: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMetals Alloy - CoCr (Step 2 of 2)

Metals anMARS 6 (

ProcedureCool, vent and open vessel after step 1. Add 4 ml of H₂O₂, (30%)

ReagentsH₂O₂

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

602

320

Page 330: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNickel (II) Hydroxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsMARSXpress

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 10:00 N/A 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsThe samples were clear, light green in color, and particle free upon dilution.

725

321

Page 331: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNickel (Metal)

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃DI H₂O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 5 mL of DI H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

387

322

Page 332: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNiobium - Titanium Alloy

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHFHNO₃DI H₂O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Noteshis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 1 mL of HF, 5 mL HNO₃, and 5 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

578

323

Page 333: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPlatinum Iridium Wire

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeHCl

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, and 2 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 35:00 120:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

693

324

Page 334: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPlatinum Metal

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of Aqua Regia (3:1 HCl:HNO₃). Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

388

325

Page 335: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPlatinum Metal

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, and 2 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

579

326

Page 336: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPlatinum Ruthenium

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeHCl

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of HCl, and 2 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 60:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

694

327

Page 337: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPrecious Metal Ore (Step 1 of 2)

Metals anMARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, and 0.5 ml of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

After heating program in step 1, allow vessel to cool before proceeding with step 2.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

328

Page 338: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPrecious Metal Ore (Step 2 of 2)

Metals anMARS 6 (

ProcedureCool, vent and open vessel after step 1. Add 5 ml of HCl.

ReagentsHCl

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

603

329

Page 339: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRhodium Sponge

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeHCl

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHClH₂O₂

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl and 2 mL of H₂O₂ dropwise. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 25:00 45:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.

697

330

Page 340: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSelenium Alloy

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (0.5 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

389

331

Page 341: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSn - Ag Solder

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsH₂OHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesCaution must be taken when adding the acid solution to the sample as the reaction is very vigorous and exothermic.Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing the vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add dropwise 10 ml of 1:1:1 H₂O:HNO₃:HF (premixed) to the sample. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

390

332

Page 342: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofStainless and Low Carbon Steel

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureAdd 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 9 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 25:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, gold colored, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

704

333

Page 343: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofStainless Steel

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HFHCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 ml of HCl, 3 mL of HNO₃, and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

391

334

Page 344: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSteel (Stainless)

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis method may not provide a total digest of all samples. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of some sample matrixes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃ and 9 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

392

335

Page 345: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofStrontium Ferrite

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHClHF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HCl and 0.5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 30:00 15:00 N/A 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

705

336

Page 346: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTitanium Alloy

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HFHCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe above procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric HF Neutralization”

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, 2 mL of HCl, and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

479

337

Page 347: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTitanium Dioxide

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

489

338

Page 348: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTungsten Ore (50% W; 10% Fe; 2% Mn)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHClHF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HCl and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 25:00 20:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

513

339

Page 349: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofZinc Oxide (ZnO)

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.HF should be added slowly and carefully to the sample. Allow any initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

393

340

Page 350: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofZircon Alloy

Metals anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHFHNO₃DI H₂O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureAdd 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HF, 1 mL HNO₃, and 10 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

580

341

Page 351: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Nutraceuticals

342

Page 352: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBiotin

NutraceutiMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

394

343

Page 353: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCannabis (Plant)

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃, or alternatively 9 mL HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

715

344

Page 354: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChili Powder

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃DI H₂O

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 2.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃ and 5 mL deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless with some small particles (silicates) remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.

680

345

Page 355: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGinkgo (Ground)

NutraceutiMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

395

346

Page 356: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGinkgo (Whole Pill)

NutraceutiMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Pill (Approx 1.0 g)

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 pill (approx 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

396

347

Page 357: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofInfant Formula (Liquid)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight2 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureTransfer 2 mL of of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

Results Sample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

301

348

Page 358: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofInfant Formula (Liquid)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureTransfer 1 mL (0.5 mL w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

302

349

Page 359: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofInfant Formula (Powder)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

303

350

Page 360: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofInfant Formula (Powder)

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

304

351

Page 361: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofKelp

NutraceutiMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight 0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

421

352

Page 362: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMilk (Liquid) Whole

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight4 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureAdd 4 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

309

353

Page 363: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMilk Powder

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

310

354

Page 364: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPlant Tissue

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis. Some plant tissues contain silicates which would require HF for total dissolution.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

234

355

Page 365: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUSP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

265

356

Page 366: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWheat

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

239

357

Page 367: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWhey Powder

Food TestMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

339

358

Page 368: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Organic Chemicals

359

Page 369: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofDi-(2-ethylhexyl)phosphoric Acid

Organic CMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureAdd 0.5 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 30:00 15:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

682

360

Page 370: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofDiazo Sulfonyl Chloride

Organic CMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

581

361

Page 371: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFood Dye (Erythrosine Based)

Organic CMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

582

362

Page 372: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMethylcellulose (Hydroxypropyl)

Organic CMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃DI H₂O

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

583

363

Page 373: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMonoethanolamine

Organic CMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

584

364

Page 374: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPhotoresist

Organic CMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

398

365

Page 375: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolygluteramide

Organic CMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

585

366

Page 376: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Paints and Coatings

367

Page 377: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPaint (Latex Based Liquid)

Paints anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesHF is required for a total dissolution of inorganic filler if present. If this procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g (0.5 g w/Xpress Vessels) of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

400

368

Page 378: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPaint Chips (For Pb Analysis)

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesHF may be required for a total dissolution.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, with some remaining inorganic particles upon dilution to 50 mL.

399

369

Page 379: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPhotoresist

Organic CMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureAdd 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

398

370

Page 380: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolyurethane

Paints anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃, and 3 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 30:00 20:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

696

371

Page 381: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofToner (Ink)

Paints anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 20:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless with some particles remaining upon dilution to 50 mL.

401

372

Page 382: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofToner (Powder)

Paints anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

709

373

Page 383: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

1BQFS and 1VMQ

374

Page 384: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFilter - 37 mm Mixed Cellulose Ester

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.3 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 filter (approximately 0.3 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

373

375

Page 385: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFilter - 47 mm Polycarbonate

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.4 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 filter (approximately 0.4 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

374

376

Page 386: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFilter Paper - Cellulose

Industrial MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.9 g)

ReagentsH₂OHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAdd H₂O before HNO₃. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 filter (approximately 0.9 g) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of H₂O, and 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

372

377

Page 387: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPaper Pulp

Paper anMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

473

378

Page 388: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Personal Care (Health and Beauty)

379

Page 389: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBoric Acid HF Neutralization

AgriculturMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample WeightVaries by Sample

ReagentsH₃BO₃ (4%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended Equipment

NotesThis procedure can be used if it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed by reaction of certain analytes with hydrofluoric acid.

Alternatively, 1-4 g of solid H₃BO₃ + 25 mL deionized H₂O can be used in place of the 4% w/v solution.

ProcedureAllow vessel to cool. Add 30 mL H₃BO₃ (4%) into the vessel that contains the sample and acid.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSee sample specific method notes.

6

380

Page 390: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCosmetics (Make-Up) Liquid

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

246

381

Page 391: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofEye Shadow

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 7 mL of HNO₃ and 3 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

247

382

Page 392: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofShampoo (Dandruff)

ConsumeMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample.

ProcedureAdd 1 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

248

383

Page 393: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Pharmaceutical and Biotech

384

Page 394: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAllergy Pill (Ground)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

402

385

Page 395: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAllergy Pill (Whole Pill)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Pill (Approx 1.0 g)

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂ (30%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 pill (Approx 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

403

386

Page 396: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAntioxidant (Ground)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

404

387

Page 397: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAntioxidant (Whole Pill)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Pill (Approx 1.4 g)

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂ (30%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 pill (approx 1.4 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

405

388

Page 398: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAPIs with Aromatic Ring Structures

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 - 0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g - 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 30:00 25:00 N/A 1800 N/A

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL. If the sample contains precious metals the diluted sample may be the color associated with the metals.

406

389

Page 399: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAscorbic Acid

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

407

390

Page 400: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAspirin (Ground)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

408

391

Page 401: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAspirin (Whole)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight 1 pill (Approx 1.0 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 pill (Approx 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

409

392

Page 402: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBeta Carotene

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

410

393

Page 403: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBiotin

NutraceutiMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

394

394

Page 404: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCalcium Carbonate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis. Allow initial reaction to subside before sealing vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

411

395

Page 405: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCalpan Pantothenic Acid

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight 0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

412

396

Page 406: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCephalexin

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

413

397

Page 407: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChromium Chelate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

Resultsample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

414

398

Page 408: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCold and Flu Medicine (Liquid)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.75 mL

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureAdd 0.75 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

415

399

Page 409: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCupric Sulfate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, blue in color, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

416

400

Page 410: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofDiclofenac K

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂ (30%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

417

401

Page 411: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofEmpty Capsule (Gel)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Capsule (Approx 0.1 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 capsule (Approx 0.1 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

418

402

Page 412: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofErythromycin

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

586

403

Page 413: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFish Oil (No Capsule)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

419

404

Page 414: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFlurbiprofen

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

587

405

Page 415: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFolic Acid

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

420

406

Page 416: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGinkgo (Ground)

NutraceutiMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

395

407

Page 417: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGinkgo (Whole Pill)

NutraceutiMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Pill (Approx 1.0 g)

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 pill (approx 1.0 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

396

408

Page 418: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofHydrocodone

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 25:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

588

409

Page 419: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofIbuprofen (Ground)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL HNO₃ and 2 mL HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 20:00 15:00 800 1030-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.e) If using HF, follow restrictions listed in HF Addendum

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

730

410

Page 420: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofKelp

NutraceutiMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight 0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

421

411

Page 421: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofLosartan K

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂ (30%)

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂O₂ (30%). Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

422

412

Page 422: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMagnesium Carbonate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesAllow any reaction to subside before sealing the vessel. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

423

413

Page 423: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMagnesium Oxide

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

424

414

Page 424: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofManganese Carbonate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

426

415

Page 425: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMedroxyprogesterone

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

589

416

Page 426: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMetformin (Ground)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

427

417

Page 427: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMultivitamin (Ground)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

428

418

Page 428: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMultivitamin (Whole)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Pill (Approx 2.5 g)

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 pill (Approx 2.5 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

429

419

Page 429: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNaproxen Sodium

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 25:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

590

420

Page 430: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNiacinamide

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight 0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

430

421

Page 431: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPantothenic Acid

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

431

422

Page 432: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPotassium Chelate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

432

423

Page 433: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofProtopic Ointment

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 25:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

591

424

Page 434: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPyridoxine

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight 0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended Equipment

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

434

425

Page 435: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRiboflavin

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 20:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

435

426

Page 436: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSelenium Chelate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

436

427

Page 437: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSleep Aid

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 25:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

592

428

Page 438: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSodium Polystyrene Sulfonate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsDI H₂OHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4.25 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of deionized H₂O. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 25:00 25:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.

703

429

Page 439: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofStearic Acid

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

437

430

Page 440: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSudan Orange (4-Fluorophenyl)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 25:00 25:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

706

431

Page 441: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofThiamine

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight 0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

438

432

Page 442: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTransdermal Patch

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HClNH₄F

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses ammonium fluoride, which creates in-situ hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization". The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL of HCl, and 0.1 g of NH₄F. Gently swirtl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsCompleted samples were clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

593

433

Page 443: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTrixie Phosphate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 - 0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 30:00 25:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

710

434

Page 444: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUSP 232/233 (Pharmaceuticals)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

265

435

Page 445: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVitamin B-12

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

439

436

Page 446: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVitamin C (Ground)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

440

437

Page 447: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVitamin C (Whole)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Pill (Approx 1.4 g)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 1 pill (Approx 1.4 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

441

438

Page 448: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVitamin Concentrate (High Fe)

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO3HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO3 and 5 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 180 15:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

519

439

Page 449: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVitamin D

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 20:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

442

440

Page 450: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVitamin D3

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

443

441

Page 451: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVitamin E

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 20:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

444

442

Page 452: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofVitamins

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HFHCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended Equipment

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled “Boric Acid HF Neutralization”. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃, 1 mL HCl, and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 30:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

445

443

Page 453: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofZinc Sulfate

PharmaceMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

446

444

Page 454: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Plastics, Polymers, and Oils

445

Page 455: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofAcrylamide

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

447

446

Page 456: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBrominated Flame Retardant

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight50 mg

ReagentsH₂SO₄HNO₃H₂O₂

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

Stirring is required for complete dissolution of this sample type.

ProcedureWeigh 50 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Insert stir bar into the vessel. Add 4.5 mL H₂SO₄ and 4.0 mL HNO₃ to the vessel, then add 1.5 mL H₂O₂ dropwise. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 270 30:00 45:00 N/A 500-1800 Med

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

675

447

Page 457: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBunker Oil

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

450

448

Page 458: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofBunker Oil

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.3 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.

ProcedureWeigh 0.3 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

451

449

Page 459: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofChar - Sulfuric Acid

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample WeightVaries by sample

ReagentsH₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesEasyPrep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method. This method is for the pretreatment of large sample sizes or difficult organic samples that are resistant to oxidation. After the char is complete, the vessel is opened and a normal oxidation with HNO₃ can be run, usually at around 200C.

ProcedureAdd 5 mL H₂SO₄ into the vessel that contains the sample and acid. For EasyPrep vessels use 6 mL of H2SO4.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSee sample specific method notes.

352

450

Page 460: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofCrude Oil

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

452

451

Page 461: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofDiesel Fuel

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ . Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

357

452

Page 462: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofEpoxy Hardener

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

453

453

Page 463: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFatty Alcohol

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL of HNO₃ and 4 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

454

454

Page 464: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFluorinated Ethylene Propylene (FEP)

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight120 mg

ReagentsH₂SO₄HNO₃H₂O₂

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 120 mg of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 4.5 mL of H₂SO₄, 4 mL of HNO₃, and 1.5 mL of H₂O₂ slowly. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 280 30:00 30:00 N/A 1400 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.

717

455

Page 465: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFuel Oil (Slurry) (Step 1 of 2)

Plastics, MARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃ HF

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.This procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 9 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

456

Page 466: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofFuel Oil (Slurry) (Step 2 of 2)

Plastics, MARS 6 (

ProcedureAllow vessels to cool. Open and add 2 mL H₂O₂ (30%) dropwise. Wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsH₂O₂ (30%)

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 30:00 30:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vesselsdetected.

ResultsSample was clear and colorless upon dilution to 50 mL.

650

457

Page 467: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGasoline

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.1 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.

ProcedureAdd 0.1 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Slowly add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

455

458

Page 468: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofGlycerol Ester of Wood Rosin (Ground)

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (ground) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to predigest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 30:00 30:00 N/A 700-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL with deionized water.

684

459

Page 469: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofHDPE

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

456

460

Page 470: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofKerosene

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

359

461

Page 471: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofKevlar

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. Ensure that all fibers are completely covered with acid and not adhered to the vessel liner wall.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

457

462

Page 472: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofLube Oil

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

458

463

Page 473: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMethyl Ester of Hydrogenated Wood Rosin (Ground)

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (ground) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃ . Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to predigest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 30:00 30:00 N/A 700-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL with deionized water.

689

464

Page 474: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMineral Oil

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

459

465

Page 475: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMotor Oil - Waste

GeoscienMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g (0.1 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

360

466

Page 476: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMotor Oil - Waste

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel. The pre-digestion step will allow the lighter fuel fractions to react before sealing the vessels.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 240 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

461

467

Page 477: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofMotor Oil (New)

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

460

468

Page 478: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNylon

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

462

469

Page 479: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPET

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

463

470

Page 480: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPET (Polyethylene Terephthalate)

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.6 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.6 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 250 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

464

471

Page 481: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPetrolatum

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

594

472

Page 482: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPetroleum Based Wax

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

595

473

Page 483: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPlasticizer (Filter)

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeClassic

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃, and 3 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to pre-digest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 15:00 20:00 N/A 1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

691

474

Page 484: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPlasticizers

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution.The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃ and 3 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

692

475

Page 485: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolycarbonate Resin (Step 1 of 2)

Plastics, MARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsH₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesEasy Prep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method.

ProcedureChar StepWeigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

476

Page 486: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolycarbonate Resin (Step 2 of 2)

Plastics, MARS 6 (

ProcedureProceeding step one, add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsHNO₃

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain therequired results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at orbelow room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

491

477

Page 487: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolycarbonate Resin

Plastics, MARS 6 (

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1.0 g

ReagentsH₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesEasy Prep Plus requires a high temperature probe for this method.

ProcedureChar Step Weigh 1.0 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 260 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

478

Page 488: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolycarbonate Resin

Plastics, MARS 6 (

ProcedureProceeding step one, add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

ReagentsHNO₃

Notes

Heating Program

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as one touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL

604

479

Page 489: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolyethersulfone (Filter Paper)

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight1 Filter (Approx 0.1 g)

ReagentsHNO₃H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 1 filter paper (Approx 0.1 g) into the digestion vessel. Add 8 mL of HNO₃ and 2 mL H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

465

480

Page 490: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolyethylene - High Density

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g (0.1 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 ml of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

466

481

Page 491: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolyphenylene Sulfide

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

596

482

Page 492: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolypropylene

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g (0.1 g w/Xpress)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 (0.1 g w/Xpress vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

467

483

Page 493: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolyterpene Resin

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in an iPrep.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (ground) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes to predigest before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 30:00 30:00 N/A 700-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL with deionized water.

695

484

Page 494: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPolyurethane

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

468

485

Page 495: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofPVC (Polyvinyl Chloride Resin)

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight 0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g (0.1 g w/Xpress Vessels) of sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

469

486

Page 496: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRubber

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO3. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 220 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

471

487

Page 497: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofRubber (Synthetic)

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 210 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

470

488

Page 498: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSilane Terminated Polyether

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeStandard

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HCl

Recommended VesselsiPrep

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6 iWave

NotesThis application can only be run in the iPrep vessel.

The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes.

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 6 mL HNO₃ and 3 mL of HCl. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 30:00 20:00 N/A 500-1800 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.d) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

699

489

Page 499: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSilicone Tubing - TiO₂ Filler

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃HF

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThis procedure uses hydrofluoric acid. If it is necessary to complex the residual hydrofluoric acid or redissolve insoluble fluorides formed, an additional complexation step with boric acid should be used. This procedure can be found in the One Touch Method note entitled "Boric Acid HF Neutralization".

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 2 mL HNO₃ and 5 mL of HF. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel. Add HF slowly, and allow vessels to stand in the fume hood until the initial reaction subsides.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

557

490

Page 500: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofStyrene Acrylate

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

597

491

Page 501: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTerephthalic Acid

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.2 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.2 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 230 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

472

492

Page 502: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWear Metals in Oil

Plastics, MARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.25 g

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.25 g of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

598

493

Page 503: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Water and Wastewater Treatment

494

Page 504: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofNPDES (Waste Water)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeWater

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight50 mL

ReagentsHNO₃ HCl

Recommended Vessels75 mL MARSXpressEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureTransfer 50 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 3 mL of HNO₃, and 2 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 165 30:00 0:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

252

495

Page 505: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofSludge (Industrial)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g (Dry Weight)

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe use of HF may be required to digest any silicates found in the sample. The addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 ml) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g (dry weight) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 10 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

257

496

Page 506: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofTCLP Extract

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeStandard Control

Sample TypeWater

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight25 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended VesselsEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureTransfer 25 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel. If a high organic content is suspected, a 10 ml sample volume is recommended.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

259

497

Page 507: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUS EPA 3015 (Aqueous Samples)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeStandard Control

Sample TypeWater

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight45 mL

ReagentsHNO₃

Recommended Vessels75 mL MARSXpressEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureTransfer 45 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsThis method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the sample matrix.

260

498

Page 508: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofUS EPA 3015a (Aqueous Sample)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeStandard Control

Sample TypeWater

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight45 mL

ReagentsHNO₃HCl (Optional)

Recommended Vessels75 mL MARSXpressEasyPrep PlusMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

NotesThe addition of Conc. HCl (0-4 mL) is appropriate for the stabilization of Ag, Ba and Sb, and high concentrations of Fe and Al in solution. The amount of HCl will vary depending on the matrix and the concentration of the analytes. The addition of HCl may, however, limit the techniques or increase the difficulties of analysis.

ProcedureTransfer 45 mL of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO3, or alternatively 4 mL of HNO₃ and 1 mL HCl. Gently swirl the mixture before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 10:00 10:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsThis method is intended to be an acid leach, not a total digest. Hydrofluoric acid will be required to provide complete digestion of the sample matrix.

261

499

Page 509: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWaste Activated Sludge

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight0.5 g

ReagentsHNO₃H₂O₂

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6MARS 6 iWave

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 0.5 g dry weight (0.25 g w/Xpress Vessels) of the sample into the digestion vessel. Add 5 mL of HNO₃, and 5 mL of H₂O₂. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 200 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

266

500

Page 510: Microwave Digestion System Method Note Compendiumcem.com/media/contenttype/media/literature/MetNote_MARS6_Com… · Compendium Updated February 1, 2019. Agriculture Alfalfa2 Boric

Microwave Digestion ofWater (For Analysis of Phosphorous)

EnvironmMARS 6

* Ramp times and power may vary depending on the type and number of vessels.

Method TypeOne Touch

Control TypeRamp to Temperature

Sample TypeOrganic

Heating Program

Max Sample Weight50 mL

ReagentsK₂S₂O₈ H₂SO₄

Recommended VesselsEasyPrepEasyPrep PlusMARSXpressMARSXpress Plus

Recommended EquipmentMARS 6

Notes

ProcedureWeigh 50 mL of H₂O into the digestion vessel. Add 0.5 g of K₂S₂O₈ and 1 mL of H₂SO₄. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 15 minutes before closing the vessel.

Stage Temp (°C) *Ramp (mm:ss) Hold (mm:ss) Pressure (psi) * Power (W) Stirring

1 170 15:00 15:00 800 900-1050 Off

General Precautiona) This procedure is a reference point for sample digestion using a CEM system and may need to be modified or changed to obtain the required results on your sample.b) If using a vessel other than the recommended choice, adjust sample size and pressure limit to values appropriate for the vessel chosen.c) The control / reference vessel must contain the largest and most reactive sample.d) Manual venting of CEM vessels should be performed when wearing hand/eye/body protection and when the vessel contents are at or below room temperature to avoid the potential for chemical burns. Always point the vent hole away from the operator.e) If programming as One Touch, the ramp time and power will be automatically determined based on the number and type of vessels detected.

ResultsSample was clear, colorless, and particle free upon dilution to 50 mL.

267

501